1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
212 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
214 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
215 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
225 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
227 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
228 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
232 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
234 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
235 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
237 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
239 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
240 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
243 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
244 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
246 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
247 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
248 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
250 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
251 in case the string table is not terminated. */
252 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
253 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
254 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
256 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
258 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
259 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
263 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
264 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
266 return (char *) shstrtab
;
270 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
271 unsigned int shindex
,
272 unsigned int strindex
)
274 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
279 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
281 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
282 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
285 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
287 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
288 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
289 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
290 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
291 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
293 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
297 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
300 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
301 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
302 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
303 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
304 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
307 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
308 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
311 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
313 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
315 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
317 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
319 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
321 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
322 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
330 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
332 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
333 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
335 /* Read the symbols. */
337 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
338 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
339 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
340 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
341 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
342 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
344 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
345 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
347 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
348 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
349 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
355 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
359 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
360 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
361 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
363 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
364 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
365 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
367 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
368 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
369 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
376 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
378 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
379 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
383 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
384 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
385 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
387 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
388 (*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
);
391 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
393 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
394 free (alloc_extshndx
);
399 /* Look up a symbol name. */
401 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
402 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
403 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
407 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
408 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
410 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
411 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
412 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
413 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
415 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
416 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
419 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
422 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
423 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
428 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
429 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
432 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
433 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
435 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
437 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
438 signature just a string? */
441 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
443 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
444 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
445 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
446 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
448 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
449 that it is a symbol table section. */
450 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
451 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
452 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
455 /* Go read the symbol. */
456 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
457 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
458 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
461 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
464 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
467 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
469 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
471 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
472 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
475 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
477 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
478 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
479 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
481 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
483 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
484 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
490 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
491 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
495 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
496 so we can find them quickly. */
499 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
500 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
501 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
502 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
506 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
508 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
509 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
512 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
514 /* Add to list of sections. */
515 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
518 /* Read the raw contents. */
519 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
520 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
521 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
523 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
524 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
525 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
529 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
530 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
531 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
533 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
534 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
541 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
542 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
545 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
546 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
547 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
552 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
553 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
556 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
563 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
567 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
569 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
570 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
571 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
573 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
574 section is a member. */
576 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
580 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
581 other members to see if any others are linked via
583 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
584 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
586 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
587 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
591 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
592 insert current section in circular list. */
593 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
594 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
595 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
601 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
604 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
606 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
607 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
610 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
612 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
613 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
621 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
623 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
630 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
633 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
634 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
637 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
638 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
640 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
641 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
643 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
644 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
645 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
646 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
649 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
650 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
651 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
652 bed
->link_order_error_handler
653 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
660 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
663 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
664 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
665 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
668 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
669 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
670 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
674 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
679 /* Process section groups. */
680 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
683 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
685 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
686 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
687 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
690 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
691 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
692 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
693 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
694 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
695 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
696 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
697 relocation sections are in section group in input object
699 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
702 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
703 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
704 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
706 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
707 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
708 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
711 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
719 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
721 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
724 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
725 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
728 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
729 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
735 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
737 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
739 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
740 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
744 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
748 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
749 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
750 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
752 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
753 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
754 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
756 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
758 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
759 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
760 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
761 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
764 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
765 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
766 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
767 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
768 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
769 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
772 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
775 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
776 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
777 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
779 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
781 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
784 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
785 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
786 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
788 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
789 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
791 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
792 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
794 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
796 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
797 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
802 } debug_sections
[] =
804 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
805 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
806 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
807 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
808 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
809 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
810 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
811 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
812 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
813 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
814 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
815 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
816 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
817 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
818 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
819 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
824 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
826 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
827 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
828 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
829 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
830 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
834 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
835 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
836 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
837 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
838 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
839 all but one of the sections. */
840 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
841 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
842 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
844 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
845 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
846 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
849 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
852 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
854 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
857 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
858 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
859 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
860 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
861 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
863 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
866 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
868 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
869 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
871 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
872 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
873 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
874 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
876 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
877 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
878 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
879 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
880 place special significance on the address 0 and
881 executables need to be able to have a segment which
882 covers this address. */
883 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
884 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
885 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
886 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
887 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
888 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
889 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
891 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
892 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
893 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
895 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
896 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
897 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
898 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
899 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
900 segment will contain sections with contiguous
901 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
902 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
903 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
905 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
906 offsets whether a section with zero size should
907 be placed at the end of one segment or the
908 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
909 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
910 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
911 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
926 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
929 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
930 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
931 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
932 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
933 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
936 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
937 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
939 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
944 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
947 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
948 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
949 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
951 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
952 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
953 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
960 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
961 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
962 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
963 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
966 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
967 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
968 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
969 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
970 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
971 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
972 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
973 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
974 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
976 bfd_reloc_status_type
977 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
978 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
980 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
981 asection
*input_section
,
983 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
985 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
986 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
987 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
988 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
990 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
994 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
997 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1000 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1003 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1004 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1007 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1010 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1015 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1018 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1019 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1020 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1021 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1022 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1024 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1026 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1027 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1028 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1029 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1031 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1032 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1035 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1036 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1037 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1042 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1044 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1045 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1046 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1049 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1052 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1056 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1058 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1059 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1062 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1063 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1064 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1066 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1067 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1068 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1073 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1078 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1079 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1080 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1081 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1082 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1083 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1084 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1085 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1086 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1087 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1088 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1089 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1094 /* Print out the program headers. */
1097 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1100 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1102 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1104 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1109 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1110 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1111 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1113 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1118 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1121 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1122 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1123 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1124 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1125 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1126 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1127 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1128 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1129 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1130 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1131 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1132 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1133 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1134 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1135 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1136 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1137 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1142 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1146 unsigned long shlink
;
1147 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1149 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1151 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1153 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1156 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1159 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1161 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1162 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1165 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1166 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1168 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1171 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1173 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1175 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1182 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1186 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1187 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1188 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1189 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1190 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1191 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1192 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1193 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1194 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1195 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1196 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1197 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1198 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1199 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1200 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1201 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1202 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1203 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1204 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1205 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1206 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1207 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1208 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1209 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1210 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1211 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1212 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1213 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1214 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1215 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1216 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1217 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1218 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1219 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1220 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1221 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1222 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1223 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1224 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1225 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1226 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1227 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1228 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1229 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1230 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1231 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1232 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1233 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1234 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1235 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1236 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1237 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1238 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1239 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1240 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1241 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1242 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1245 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1247 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1251 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1253 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1256 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1265 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1266 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1268 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1272 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1274 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1276 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1277 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1279 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1280 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1281 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1282 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1284 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1287 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1291 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1297 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1299 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1301 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1302 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1304 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1306 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1307 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1308 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1309 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1310 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1311 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1323 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1326 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1329 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1334 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1335 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1337 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1338 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1339 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1340 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1342 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1344 const char *section_name
;
1345 const char *name
= NULL
;
1346 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1347 unsigned char st_other
;
1350 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1352 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1353 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1354 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1358 name
= symbol
->name
;
1359 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1362 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1363 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1364 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1365 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1366 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1367 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1368 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1370 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1371 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1373 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1374 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1375 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1376 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1378 unsigned int vernum
;
1379 const char *version_string
;
1381 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1384 version_string
= "";
1385 else if (vernum
== 1)
1386 version_string
= "Base";
1387 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1389 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1392 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1394 version_string
= "";
1395 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1399 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1401 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1403 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1405 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1412 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1413 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1418 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1419 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1424 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1425 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1430 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1431 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1432 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1434 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1436 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1439 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1445 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1447 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1448 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1449 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1452 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1456 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1461 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1462 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1465 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1466 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1468 /* Set local fields. */
1471 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1472 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1473 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1474 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1475 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1476 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1477 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1478 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1485 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1486 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1489 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1490 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1491 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1493 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1495 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1496 symbol which just became indirect. */
1498 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1499 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1500 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1501 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1502 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1503 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1505 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1508 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1509 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1510 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1511 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1513 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1514 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1515 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1516 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1519 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1521 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1522 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1523 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1524 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1527 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1529 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1530 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1531 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1532 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1534 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1539 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1540 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1541 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1543 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1547 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1548 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1551 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1557 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1560 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1561 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1563 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1564 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1566 unsigned int entsize
)
1569 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1571 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1572 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1573 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1574 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1575 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1576 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1577 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1578 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1579 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1580 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1581 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1584 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1585 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1586 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1587 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1588 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1589 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1590 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1591 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1592 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1594 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1595 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1600 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1602 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1603 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1605 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1606 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1608 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1612 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1613 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1622 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1623 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1624 entry for a dynamic object. */
1627 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1629 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1630 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1631 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1635 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1638 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1639 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1640 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1647 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, int lib_class
)
1649 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1650 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1651 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1654 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1655 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1657 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1658 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1659 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1661 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1663 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1666 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1667 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1669 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1670 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1671 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1673 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1675 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1678 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1679 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1680 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1683 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1685 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1686 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1687 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1691 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1692 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1695 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1696 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1699 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1701 unsigned long shlink
;
1702 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1704 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1708 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1709 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1712 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1713 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1716 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1719 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1723 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1725 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1726 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1729 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1730 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1732 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1734 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1736 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1739 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1742 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1743 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1746 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1751 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1772 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1774 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1775 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1777 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1779 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1784 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1785 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1786 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1788 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1795 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1797 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1800 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1802 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1803 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1804 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1807 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1808 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1813 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1816 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1819 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1820 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1821 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1822 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1823 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1824 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1825 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1826 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1827 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1829 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1830 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1832 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1833 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1835 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1837 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1839 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1840 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1841 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1842 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1844 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1845 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1849 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1851 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1852 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1854 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1855 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1857 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1865 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1866 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1869 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1871 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1872 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1873 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1874 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1875 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1877 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1878 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1879 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1880 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1881 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1883 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1884 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1885 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1889 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1890 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1891 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1892 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1894 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1896 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1897 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1899 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1900 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1901 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1905 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1907 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1908 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1909 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1913 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1917 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1918 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1921 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1923 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1924 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1925 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1926 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1927 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1929 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1930 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1931 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1933 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1934 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1937 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1938 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1939 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1940 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1943 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1944 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1946 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1948 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1949 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1952 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1955 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1956 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1959 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1962 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1963 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1964 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1965 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1967 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1971 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1972 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1973 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1974 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1976 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1978 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1979 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1981 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1982 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1984 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1987 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1989 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1991 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1992 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1996 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2000 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2002 asection
*target_sect
;
2003 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2004 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2007 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2008 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2011 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2012 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2013 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2015 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2016 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2017 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2018 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2022 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2023 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2024 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2025 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2026 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2027 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2028 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2029 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2030 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2036 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2038 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2039 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2050 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2053 /* Get the symbol table. */
2054 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2055 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2056 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2059 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2060 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2061 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2062 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2063 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2064 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2065 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2066 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2067 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2068 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2069 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2070 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2071 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2074 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2076 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2077 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2080 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2081 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2082 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2086 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2087 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2088 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2089 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2092 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2093 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2094 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2095 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2096 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2097 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2098 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2099 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2100 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2101 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2106 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2107 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2108 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2109 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2112 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2113 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2115 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2116 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2117 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2119 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2120 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2121 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2122 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2128 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2129 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2131 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2133 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2136 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2138 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2140 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2141 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2144 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2145 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2146 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2148 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2150 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2151 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2152 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2154 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2161 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2162 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2165 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2167 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2168 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2169 for applications? */
2170 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2171 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2172 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2173 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2175 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2176 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2179 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2180 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2181 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2182 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2183 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2185 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2186 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2187 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2188 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2189 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2191 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2193 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2194 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2195 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2196 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2204 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2205 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2208 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2209 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2211 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2213 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2214 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2215 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2216 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2217 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2219 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2220 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2222 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2223 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2224 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2227 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2229 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2232 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2233 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2234 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2235 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2238 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2240 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2242 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2245 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2249 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2251 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2253 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2256 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2258 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2259 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2262 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2264 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2265 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2268 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2270 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2271 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2272 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2273 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2274 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2275 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2276 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2277 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2278 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2279 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2280 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2283 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2285 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2286 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2287 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2290 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2292 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2293 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2294 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2295 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2296 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2297 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2298 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2299 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2302 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2304 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2305 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2308 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2310 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2311 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2312 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2313 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2316 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2318 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2319 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2322 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2324 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2325 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2326 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2331 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2332 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2333 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2336 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2338 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2339 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2340 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2341 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2342 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2345 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2347 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2348 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2349 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2350 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2351 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2354 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2356 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2357 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2358 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2359 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2362 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2364 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2365 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2366 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2368 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2369 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2370 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2371 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2374 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2376 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2378 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2380 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2381 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2382 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2385 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2386 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2387 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2393 len
= strlen (name
);
2395 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2398 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2400 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2402 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2405 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2406 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2408 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2410 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2412 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2413 && (suffix_len
== -2
2414 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2420 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2422 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2423 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2433 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2434 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2437 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2438 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2440 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2441 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2445 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2448 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2449 bed
->special_sections
,
2455 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2458 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2459 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2462 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2467 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2471 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2473 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2474 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2475 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2477 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2480 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2483 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2486 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2487 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2488 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2490 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2491 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2492 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2493 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2494 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2495 elf_fake_sections. */
2496 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2497 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2499 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2502 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2503 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2507 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2510 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2512 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2513 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2514 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2515 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2517 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2518 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2519 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2520 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2521 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2522 of combined data+bss.
2524 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2525 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2526 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2527 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2528 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2533 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2534 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2536 const char *typename
)
2544 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2545 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2546 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2547 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2548 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2549 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2552 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2553 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2554 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2556 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2557 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2558 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2559 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2560 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2561 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2562 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2564 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2565 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2566 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2568 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2570 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2573 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2575 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2580 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2581 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2582 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2585 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2586 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2587 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2589 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2590 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2591 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2592 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2594 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2595 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2596 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2598 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2599 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2606 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2608 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2610 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2613 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2616 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2619 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2622 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2625 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2627 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2632 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2635 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2637 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2638 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2642 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2645 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2648 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2649 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2650 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2654 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2655 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2656 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2659 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2662 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2665 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2666 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2668 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2671 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2673 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2675 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2677 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2678 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2679 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2680 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2681 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2682 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2683 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2684 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2685 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2690 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2693 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2695 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2696 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2697 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2701 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2706 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2708 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2709 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2710 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2716 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2718 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2719 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2720 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2722 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2724 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2725 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2726 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2727 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2728 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2729 copy_private_section_data. */
2731 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2732 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2734 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2736 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2738 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2739 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2740 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2741 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2742 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2743 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2745 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2748 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2754 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2755 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2756 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2763 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2767 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2771 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2775 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2776 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2780 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2781 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2784 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2785 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2788 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2789 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2790 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2791 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2793 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2794 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2796 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2797 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2800 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2801 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2802 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2803 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2805 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2806 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2808 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2809 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2813 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2817 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2818 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2819 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2820 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2821 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2822 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2823 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2825 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2826 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2827 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2828 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2830 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2831 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2832 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2834 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2835 if (asect
->size
== 0
2836 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2838 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2840 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2843 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2844 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2845 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2850 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2851 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2852 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2855 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2856 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2857 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2858 create the other. */
2859 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2860 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2861 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2867 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2870 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2872 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2873 unsigned long symindx
;
2874 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2878 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2880 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2885 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2886 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2890 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2891 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2892 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2893 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2895 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2897 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2899 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2901 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2904 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2906 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2907 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2908 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2915 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2917 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2918 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2919 start of the input section group. */
2920 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2922 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2923 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2924 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2925 directives, not that it matters. */
2934 s
= s
->output_section
;
2937 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2938 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2939 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2944 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2947 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2950 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2951 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2952 in here too, while we're at it. */
2955 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2957 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2959 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2960 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2961 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2965 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2967 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2968 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2970 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2971 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2973 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2975 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2977 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2979 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2980 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2981 abfd
->section_count
--;
2985 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2986 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2987 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2993 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2995 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2997 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2999 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3000 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3001 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3003 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3004 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3008 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3009 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3010 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3011 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3016 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3017 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3018 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3019 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3025 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3026 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3027 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3028 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3029 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3031 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3033 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3034 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3035 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3036 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3037 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3039 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3040 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3041 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3042 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3043 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3044 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3045 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3048 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3049 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3050 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3051 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3054 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3055 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3057 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3058 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3059 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3060 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3062 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3064 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3065 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3068 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3069 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3071 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3075 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3077 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3078 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3080 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3081 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3083 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3084 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3086 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3087 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3090 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3092 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3096 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3097 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3098 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3099 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3100 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3102 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3104 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3105 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3106 the relocation entries apply. */
3107 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3109 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3110 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3112 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3114 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3115 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3118 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3119 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3121 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3124 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3125 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3127 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3128 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3131 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3132 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3133 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3135 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3136 size as the discarded one. */
3137 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
);
3140 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3146 s
= s
->output_section
;
3147 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3151 /* Handle objcopy. */
3152 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3154 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3155 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3156 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3157 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3160 s
= s
->output_section
;
3162 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3167 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3168 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3169 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3171 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3172 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3173 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3174 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3175 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3180 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3184 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3185 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3186 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3187 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3188 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3189 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3190 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3192 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3194 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3196 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3200 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3202 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3206 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3207 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3208 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3209 field to point to this section. */
3210 if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3211 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3216 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3217 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3220 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3221 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3222 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3226 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3228 /* This is a .stab section. */
3229 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3230 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3231 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3238 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3239 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3240 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3241 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3243 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3245 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3248 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3249 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3251 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3253 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3254 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3256 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3260 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3261 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3262 this hash table or version table is for. */
3263 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3265 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3269 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3273 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3274 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3275 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3277 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3278 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3282 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3283 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3286 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3288 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3289 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3290 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3291 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3293 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3294 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3295 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3298 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3299 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3300 special sections. */
3303 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3305 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3307 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3308 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3309 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3313 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3315 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3316 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3317 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3318 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3319 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3320 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3321 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3328 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3332 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3334 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3335 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3339 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3340 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3342 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3343 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3345 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3346 decided to output. */
3347 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3349 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3351 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3352 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3354 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3356 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3357 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3359 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3363 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3364 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3366 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3368 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3374 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3375 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3376 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3377 at least in that case. */
3378 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3380 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3382 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3389 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3390 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3392 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3395 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3397 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3400 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3402 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3405 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3407 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3409 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3411 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3413 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3416 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3417 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3420 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3422 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3426 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3428 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3429 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3433 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3434 ELF data structure. */
3436 static inline file_ptr
3437 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3439 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3442 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3443 required section alignment. */
3446 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3454 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3456 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3458 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3459 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3460 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3461 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3462 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3466 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3467 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3468 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3471 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3472 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3474 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3476 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3477 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3479 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3482 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3483 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3484 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3486 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3489 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3490 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3491 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3494 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3498 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3501 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3502 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3504 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3505 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3507 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3511 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3513 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3518 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3519 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3520 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3521 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3522 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3523 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3524 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3525 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3526 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3527 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3528 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3530 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3533 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3536 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3538 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3540 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3541 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3543 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3544 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3545 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3547 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3548 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3550 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3552 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3554 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3555 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3557 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3560 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3565 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3566 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3568 static bfd_size_type
3569 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3573 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3575 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3576 and one for data. */
3579 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3580 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3582 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3583 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3584 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3589 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3591 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3595 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3597 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3601 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3603 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3607 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3609 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3613 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3615 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3616 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
3618 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3623 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3625 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3627 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3633 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3634 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3635 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3639 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3645 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3648 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3650 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3651 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3652 asection
**sections
,
3657 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3662 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3663 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3664 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3668 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3669 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3670 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3671 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3673 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3675 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3676 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3677 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3683 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3686 struct elf_segment_map
*
3687 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3689 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3691 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3695 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3697 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3702 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3705 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3707 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3708 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3710 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3711 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3712 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3714 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3718 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3721 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
3723 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3724 && ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3725 || m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3728 m
->sections
[new_count
] = m
->sections
[i
];
3734 if (new_count
!= m
->count
)
3735 m
->count
= new_count
;
3738 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3739 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3741 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3748 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3751 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3754 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3755 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3756 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3758 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
3759 && bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3763 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3764 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3767 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3768 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3770 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3771 bfd_boolean writable
;
3773 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3774 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3777 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3779 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3780 if (sections
== NULL
)
3784 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3786 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3792 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3795 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3797 /* Build the mapping. */
3802 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3803 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3805 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3806 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3808 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3809 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3813 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3814 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3815 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3816 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3817 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3822 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3823 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3827 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3835 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3836 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3837 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3841 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3843 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3845 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3848 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3849 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3850 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3851 program headers we will need. */
3854 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3856 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3857 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3858 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3859 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3860 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3861 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3864 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3867 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3871 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3874 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3876 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3877 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3878 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3880 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3882 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3883 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3887 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3888 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3890 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3891 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3894 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3895 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3897 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3898 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3899 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3902 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3904 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3905 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3906 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3907 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3910 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3911 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3912 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3913 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3915 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3916 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3917 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3918 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3919 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3920 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3921 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3926 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3927 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3932 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3935 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3936 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3937 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3938 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3944 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3945 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3947 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3954 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3960 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3961 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3962 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3966 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3969 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3970 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
3972 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3980 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3983 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
3990 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3991 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3992 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3993 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3994 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3995 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3997 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3998 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
4000 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4001 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4005 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4012 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4020 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4025 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4026 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4027 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4032 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4033 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4035 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4036 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
4038 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4039 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4040 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4047 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4049 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4050 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4051 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4053 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4054 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4058 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4060 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4066 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4068 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4069 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4073 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4074 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4075 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4081 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4083 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4084 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4088 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4090 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4097 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4100 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
))
4103 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4105 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4110 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4115 /* Sort sections by address. */
4118 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4120 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4121 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4122 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4124 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4125 place the section into a segment. */
4126 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4128 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4131 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4132 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4133 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4135 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4138 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4140 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4146 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4147 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4148 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4149 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4154 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4159 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4160 before others at the same address. */
4162 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4163 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4170 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4173 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4175 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4176 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4177 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4178 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4179 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4182 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4183 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4185 /* In other words, something like:
4187 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4188 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4189 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4190 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4192 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4194 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4197 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4199 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4202 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4203 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4207 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4208 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4210 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4211 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4212 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4213 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4215 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4219 if (link_info
== NULL
4220 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
))
4224 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4227 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4228 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4229 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4231 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4232 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4234 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4235 == alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4239 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4243 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4244 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4249 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4250 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4252 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4253 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4255 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4261 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4262 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4263 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4264 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4265 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4267 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4268 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4269 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4272 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4273 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4274 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4275 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4276 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4277 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4278 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4280 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4281 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4286 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4288 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4289 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4290 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4293 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4295 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4296 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4298 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4299 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4300 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4301 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4302 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4303 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4304 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4306 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4307 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4309 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4311 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4312 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4316 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4319 bfd_size_type align
;
4321 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4323 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4325 unsigned int secalign
;
4327 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4328 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4329 align_power
= secalign
;
4331 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4333 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4334 align
= maxpagesize
;
4336 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4339 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4340 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4341 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4343 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4344 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4345 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4346 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4347 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4348 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4350 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4352 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4356 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4362 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4363 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4364 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4366 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4369 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4371 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4379 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4381 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4384 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4385 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4388 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4390 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4392 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4393 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4395 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4400 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4405 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4407 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4410 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4412 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4416 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4417 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4418 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4419 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4423 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4424 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4427 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4428 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4430 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4431 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4436 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4437 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4438 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4442 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4443 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4444 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4445 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4446 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4447 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4451 bfd_size_type align
;
4455 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4457 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4458 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4460 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4462 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4464 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4467 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4468 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4469 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4473 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4474 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4476 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4478 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4479 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4480 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4482 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4483 modulo the page size. */
4484 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4485 if (page
< maxpagesize
)
4487 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4488 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4490 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4494 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4496 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4502 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4508 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4517 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4520 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4521 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4522 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4523 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4524 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4525 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4526 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4527 people do this. The data statement results in a
4528 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4529 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4530 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4531 section with contents to the output. Make room
4532 here for the write, so that following segments are
4534 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4535 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4539 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4541 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4542 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4545 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4547 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4548 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4549 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4550 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4552 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4554 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4556 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4558 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4561 if (align
> p
->p_align
4562 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4563 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4567 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4570 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4572 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4578 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4582 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4585 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4586 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4588 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4589 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4590 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4591 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4592 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4593 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4594 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4595 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4597 unsigned int num_sec
;
4601 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4602 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4603 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4604 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4606 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4607 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4610 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4611 && hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0)
4612 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4613 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4615 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4616 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4618 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4620 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4621 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4622 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4625 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4627 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4630 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4631 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4632 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4633 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4634 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4635 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4637 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4639 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4641 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4642 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4646 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4647 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4651 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4653 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4654 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4659 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4662 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4664 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4665 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4667 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4669 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4670 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4671 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4673 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4674 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4679 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4685 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4686 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4688 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4689 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4691 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4692 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4693 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4694 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4695 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4697 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4702 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4704 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4705 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4706 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4708 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4710 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4711 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4712 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4714 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4716 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4718 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4720 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4721 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4722 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4723 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4724 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4728 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4729 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4731 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4732 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4733 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4734 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4735 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4737 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4741 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4742 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4748 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4753 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4754 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4755 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4757 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4758 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4759 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4760 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4761 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4762 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4763 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4765 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4768 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4769 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4771 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4772 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4774 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4776 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4777 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4779 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4780 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4781 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4784 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4785 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4787 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4788 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4789 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4790 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4792 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4795 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4796 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4797 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4798 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4799 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4801 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4804 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4806 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4808 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4809 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4817 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4818 assignment of sections to segments. */
4819 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4822 /* And for non-load sections. */
4823 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4826 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4828 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4832 /* Write out the program headers. */
4833 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4834 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4835 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4838 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4841 /* Place the section headers. */
4842 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4843 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4844 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4846 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4852 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4854 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4855 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4856 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4857 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4858 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4860 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4861 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4863 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4864 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4867 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4869 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4870 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4871 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4872 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4874 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4875 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4876 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4877 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4879 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4880 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4881 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4882 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4883 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4884 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4886 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4888 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4890 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4891 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4894 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4895 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4896 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4897 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4898 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4899 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4900 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4901 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4903 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4906 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4907 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4909 /* No program header, for now. */
4910 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4911 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4912 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4914 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4915 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4916 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4918 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4919 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4920 /* It all happens later. */
4924 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4926 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4929 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4930 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4931 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4932 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4933 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4934 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4935 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4936 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4937 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4943 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4944 of the loadable file image. */
4947 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4950 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4951 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4953 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4955 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4956 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4958 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
4961 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4962 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
4963 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
4966 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4970 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
4972 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4973 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
4974 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
4976 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
4978 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
4979 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
4982 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4983 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4986 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
4990 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
4992 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4993 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4994 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
4996 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
4997 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
4998 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5000 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5002 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5003 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5006 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5007 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5010 /* Write out the section header names. */
5011 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5012 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5013 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5016 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5017 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5018 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5020 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5024 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5026 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5027 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5030 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5033 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5035 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5038 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5039 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5040 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5042 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5044 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5046 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5051 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5052 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5056 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5061 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5066 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5070 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5072 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5074 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5076 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5077 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5078 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5079 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5080 input sections rather than the output section. */
5081 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5082 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5083 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5088 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5089 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5090 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5091 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5092 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5093 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5094 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5097 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5101 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5102 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5103 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5104 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5105 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5106 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5113 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5114 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5115 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5123 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5126 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5128 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5129 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5130 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5131 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5132 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5135 unsigned int num_segments
;
5136 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5137 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5138 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5139 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5140 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5142 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5143 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5146 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5148 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5149 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5151 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5152 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5153 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5154 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5156 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5157 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5158 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5159 ? section->size : 0)
5161 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5162 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5163 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5164 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5165 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5166 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5168 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5169 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5170 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5171 (section->lma >= base \
5172 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5173 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5175 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5176 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5177 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5178 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5179 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5180 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5181 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5182 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5184 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5185 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5186 p_memsz set to 0. */
5187 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5189 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5190 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5191 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5192 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5194 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5195 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5196 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5198 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5199 A section will be included if:
5200 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5201 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5202 2. It is an allocated segment,
5203 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5204 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5205 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5206 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5207 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5208 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5209 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5210 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5211 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5212 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5213 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5214 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5215 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5216 && section->output_section != NULL \
5217 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5218 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5219 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5220 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5221 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5222 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5223 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5224 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5225 || (segment->p_paddr \
5226 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5227 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5228 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5230 && ! section->segment_mark)
5232 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5233 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5234 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5236 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5237 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5238 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5239 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5240 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5242 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5243 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5244 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5245 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5246 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5248 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5249 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5250 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5252 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5253 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5254 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5255 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5256 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5261 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5263 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5264 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5265 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5267 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5268 assignment code will work. */
5269 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5273 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5276 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5277 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5279 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5281 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5282 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5285 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5286 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5288 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5291 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5292 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5294 if (extra_length
> 0)
5296 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5297 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5300 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5302 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5304 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5309 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5312 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5313 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5315 if (extra_length
> 0)
5317 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5318 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5321 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5326 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5327 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5331 unsigned int section_count
;
5332 asection
** sections
;
5333 asection
* output_section
;
5335 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5336 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5340 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5343 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5344 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5346 section
= section
->next
)
5347 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5350 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5351 all of the sections we have selected. */
5352 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5353 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5354 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5358 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5359 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5361 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5362 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5363 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5364 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5365 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5367 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5368 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5369 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5370 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5372 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5374 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5376 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5377 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5378 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5379 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5380 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5382 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5383 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5386 if (section_count
== 0)
5388 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5389 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5390 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5391 a warning is produced. */
5392 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5393 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5394 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5398 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5399 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5404 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5405 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5406 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5407 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5409 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5410 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5413 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5414 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5415 of the first section.
5417 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5418 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5419 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5420 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5421 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5423 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5424 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5425 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5426 or segments to contain the other sections.
5428 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5429 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5430 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5432 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5433 to work around this long long bug. */
5434 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5435 if (sections
== NULL
)
5438 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5439 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5440 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5441 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5442 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5448 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5450 section
= section
->next
)
5452 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5454 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5456 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5458 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5459 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5460 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5461 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5462 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5463 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5464 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5466 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5467 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5468 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5471 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5473 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5475 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5477 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5478 LMA address of the output section. */
5479 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5480 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5481 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5482 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5485 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5486 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5488 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5489 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5491 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5493 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5494 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5498 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5500 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5502 if (isec
== section_count
)
5504 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5505 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5506 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5507 program header in the input BFD. */
5508 map
->count
= section_count
;
5509 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5510 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5517 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5519 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5520 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5521 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5522 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5526 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5527 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5528 the LMA of the first section. */
5529 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5532 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5533 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5534 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5535 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5537 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5539 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5541 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5542 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5543 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5544 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5545 offset when we know the correct value. */
5546 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5547 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5551 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5552 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5553 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5554 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5555 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5556 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5564 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5565 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5567 section
= sections
[j
];
5569 if (section
== NULL
)
5572 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5574 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5576 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5577 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5579 if (map
->count
== 0)
5581 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5582 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5584 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5586 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5587 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5588 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5594 asection
* prev_sec
;
5596 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5598 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5599 and the start of this section is more than
5600 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5601 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5603 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5604 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5605 > output_section
->lma
))
5607 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5608 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5614 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5617 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5619 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5620 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5623 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5625 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5626 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5627 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5629 if (isec
< section_count
)
5631 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5632 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5633 and carry on looping. */
5634 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5635 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5636 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5643 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5644 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5645 not yet been assigned. */
5647 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5648 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5649 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5650 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5651 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5652 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5653 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5656 while (isec
< section_count
);
5661 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5662 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5663 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5664 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5665 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5666 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5669 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5670 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5672 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5674 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5675 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5676 the offset if necessary. */
5677 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5681 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5684 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5685 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5686 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5691 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5692 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5693 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5694 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5695 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5696 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5697 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5701 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5704 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5706 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5707 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5708 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5709 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5710 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5712 unsigned int num_segments
;
5713 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5715 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5718 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5720 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5721 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5726 unsigned int section_count
;
5728 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5730 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5731 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5734 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5735 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5737 section
= section
->next
)
5739 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5740 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5744 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5745 all of the sections we have selected. */
5746 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5747 if (section_count
!= 0)
5748 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5749 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5753 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5756 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5757 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5758 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5759 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5760 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5761 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5762 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5764 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5765 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5766 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5767 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5769 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5770 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5772 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5773 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5774 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5775 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5776 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5778 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5779 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5782 if (section_count
!= 0)
5784 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5786 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5788 section
= section
->next
)
5790 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5791 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5792 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5796 map
->count
= section_count
;
5797 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5798 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5801 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5805 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5809 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5811 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5812 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5815 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5818 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5820 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5821 header are changed. */
5822 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5823 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5824 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5825 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5827 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5828 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5829 section
= section
->next
)
5830 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5832 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5833 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5837 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5838 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5840 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5841 from the input BFD. */
5842 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5844 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5846 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5847 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5848 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5850 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5851 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5853 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5854 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5855 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5856 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5857 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5858 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5864 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5866 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5867 section
= section
->next
)
5869 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5872 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5875 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5879 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5882 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5885 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5889 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5892 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5893 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5895 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5896 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5899 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5900 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5901 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5903 if (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
5904 || (osec
->flags
== 0 && elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
))
5905 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5907 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5908 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5909 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5910 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5913 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5914 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5916 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5917 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5918 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5919 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5923 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5925 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5926 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5927 may be NULL at this point. */
5928 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
5930 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5931 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
5932 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
5935 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
5940 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5941 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5944 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5949 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5951 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5952 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5955 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5956 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5958 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
5960 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
5961 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
5962 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
5963 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
5964 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
5966 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
5970 /* Copy private header information. */
5973 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5975 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5976 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5979 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5980 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5981 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5982 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5983 already been worked out. */
5984 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
5986 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
5993 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5994 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5995 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5996 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5997 swap_out_syms function. */
5999 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6000 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6001 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6002 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6003 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6006 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6011 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6013 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6014 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6017 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6018 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6022 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6026 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6027 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6028 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6029 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6030 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6031 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6033 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6034 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6035 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6036 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6037 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6043 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6046 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6047 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6050 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6053 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6054 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6055 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6056 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6057 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6058 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6061 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6063 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6066 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6067 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6071 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6072 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6073 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6074 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6075 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6076 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6077 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6078 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6080 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6081 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6083 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6084 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6086 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6089 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6091 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6092 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6093 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6095 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6096 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6097 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6098 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6100 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6104 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6105 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6106 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6107 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6108 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6111 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6113 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6114 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6120 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6121 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6122 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6123 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6124 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6128 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6129 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6131 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6132 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6134 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6135 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6136 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6137 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6140 if (!name_local_sections
6141 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6143 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6148 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6151 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6153 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6158 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6160 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6161 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6163 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6164 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6165 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6166 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6167 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6168 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6169 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6171 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6172 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6173 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6177 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6180 if (sec
->output_section
)
6182 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6183 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6186 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6187 if (! relocatable_p
)
6189 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6190 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6192 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6194 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6196 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6197 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6198 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6199 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6203 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6206 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6209 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6212 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6215 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6223 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6229 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6230 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6231 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6232 demand of applications. For example, it
6233 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6234 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6235 actually in the output file. */
6236 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6239 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6240 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6241 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6243 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6244 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6248 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6249 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6253 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6256 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6258 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6260 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6265 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6268 /* Processor-specific types. */
6269 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6270 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6271 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6272 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6274 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6276 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6277 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6279 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6281 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6282 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6283 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6284 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6288 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6289 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6292 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6294 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6296 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6298 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6301 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6304 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6305 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6309 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6310 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6311 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6312 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6316 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6317 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6319 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6320 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6321 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6322 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6323 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6324 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6329 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6331 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6332 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6333 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6336 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6340 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6342 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6343 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6345 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6351 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6357 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6359 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6363 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6364 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6366 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6372 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6375 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6378 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6381 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6388 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6390 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6393 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6394 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6395 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6399 return section
->reloc_count
;
6403 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6405 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6406 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6409 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6414 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6415 asymbol
**allocation
)
6417 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6418 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6421 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6425 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6426 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6427 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6428 dynamic reloc section. */
6431 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6436 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6438 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6442 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6443 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6444 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6445 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6446 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6447 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6448 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6449 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6454 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6455 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6456 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6457 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6458 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6459 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6460 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6463 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6467 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6471 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6473 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6477 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6479 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6481 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6482 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6483 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6484 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6489 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6491 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6493 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6504 /* Read in the version information. */
6507 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6509 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6510 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6512 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6514 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6515 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6516 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6518 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6520 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6522 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6523 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6524 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6527 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6529 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6530 if (contents
== NULL
)
6532 error_return_verref
:
6533 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6534 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6537 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6538 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6539 goto error_return_verref
;
6541 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6542 goto error_return_verref
;
6544 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6545 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6546 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6547 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6548 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6549 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6551 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6552 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6555 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6557 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6559 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6560 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6562 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6563 goto error_return_verref
;
6565 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6566 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6569 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6570 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6571 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6572 goto error_return_verref
;
6575 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6576 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6577 goto error_return_verref
;
6579 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6580 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6581 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6582 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6584 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6586 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6587 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6588 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6589 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6590 goto error_return_verref
;
6592 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6593 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6595 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6597 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6598 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6599 goto error_return_verref
;
6601 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6602 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6604 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6605 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6608 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6609 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6611 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6613 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6614 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6615 goto error_return_verref
;
6617 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6618 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6625 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6627 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6628 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6629 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6630 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6631 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6633 unsigned int maxidx
;
6634 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6636 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6638 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6639 if (contents
== NULL
)
6641 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6642 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6645 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6648 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6649 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6650 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6651 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6652 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6653 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6655 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6656 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6658 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6660 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6662 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6664 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6665 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6667 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6668 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6671 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6672 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6675 if (default_imported_symver
)
6677 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6682 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6683 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6684 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6687 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6689 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6690 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6691 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6693 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6694 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6697 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6699 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6701 error_return_verdef
:
6702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6703 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6707 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6708 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6710 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6712 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6713 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6716 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6717 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6718 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6719 goto error_return_verdef
;
6723 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6724 goto error_return_verdef
;
6726 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6727 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6728 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6729 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6731 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6733 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6734 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6735 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6736 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6737 goto error_return_verdef
;
6739 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6740 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6742 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6744 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6745 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6746 goto error_return_verdef
;
6748 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6749 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6752 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6753 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6755 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6756 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6758 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6760 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6761 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6767 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6774 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6775 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6776 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6779 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6782 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6783 if (default_imported_symver
)
6785 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6786 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6788 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6790 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6791 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6792 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6793 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6795 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6797 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6798 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6799 goto error_return_verdef
;
6800 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6801 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6802 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6803 goto error_return_verdef
;
6805 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6806 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6807 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6813 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6819 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6821 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6822 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6824 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6829 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6830 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6835 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6839 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6842 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6843 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6847 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6850 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6851 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6854 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6855 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6856 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6859 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6860 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6861 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6862 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6863 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6864 we treat such symbols as local. */
6865 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6872 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6873 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6880 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6881 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6882 unsigned long machine
)
6884 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6885 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6886 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6887 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6888 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6891 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6894 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6895 for error reporting. */
6898 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6902 const char **filename_ptr
,
6903 const char **functionname_ptr
)
6905 const char *filename
;
6906 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
6909 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6910 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6911 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6912 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6913 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6914 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6915 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6916 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6917 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
6923 state
= nothing_seen
;
6925 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6929 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
6931 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
6937 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
6938 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
6942 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
6943 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
6944 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
6946 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
6947 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
6950 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6951 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
6952 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
6956 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
6957 state
= symbol_seen
;
6964 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
6965 if (functionname_ptr
)
6966 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
6971 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6972 for error reporting. */
6975 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
6979 const char **filename_ptr
,
6980 const char **functionname_ptr
,
6981 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
6985 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6986 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
6989 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
6990 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6991 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
6997 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6998 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7000 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7002 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7003 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7004 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7010 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7011 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7012 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7013 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7015 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7018 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7021 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7022 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7029 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7032 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7033 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7035 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7036 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7037 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7040 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7041 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7042 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7043 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7044 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7047 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7048 const char **filename_ptr
,
7049 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7050 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7053 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7054 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7055 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7060 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7063 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7065 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7067 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7069 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7071 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7074 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7075 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7078 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7081 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7089 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7091 const void *location
,
7093 bfd_size_type count
)
7095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7098 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7099 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7102 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7103 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7104 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7105 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7112 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7113 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7114 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7119 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7122 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7124 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7126 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7128 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7129 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7131 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7132 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7134 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7136 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7139 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7142 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7145 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7148 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7151 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7154 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7160 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7162 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7164 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7165 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7167 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7172 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7178 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7181 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7184 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7187 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7190 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7196 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7200 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7208 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7209 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7210 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7211 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7216 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7218 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7220 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7221 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7222 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7225 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7228 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7229 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7230 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7233 bfd_reloc_status_type
7234 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7235 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7236 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7237 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7238 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7240 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7243 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7244 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7245 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7246 out details about the corefile. */
7248 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7249 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7252 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7255 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7257 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7258 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7261 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7262 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7263 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7267 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7271 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7274 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7278 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7279 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7280 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7284 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7285 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7286 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7287 such a section already exists.
7288 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7289 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7290 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7292 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7298 char *threaded_name
;
7302 /* Build the section name. */
7304 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7305 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7306 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7307 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7309 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7311 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7316 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7317 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7319 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7322 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7324 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7328 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7331 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7336 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7340 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7341 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7342 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7344 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7345 has already been set by another thread. */
7346 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7347 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7348 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7350 /* pr_who exists on:
7353 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7356 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7357 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7360 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7361 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7363 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7364 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7366 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7367 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7368 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7370 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7371 has already been set by another thread. */
7372 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7373 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7374 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7376 /* pr_who exists on:
7379 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7382 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7383 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7386 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7389 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7390 note size (ie. data object type). */
7394 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7395 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7396 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7398 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7400 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7402 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7404 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7406 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7407 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7410 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7411 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7412 data structure apart. */
7415 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7417 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7420 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7421 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7425 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7427 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7430 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7431 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7432 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7433 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7437 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7438 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7439 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7440 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7444 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7445 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7446 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7449 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7452 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7460 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7464 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7470 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7472 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7474 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7476 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7478 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7480 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7481 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7482 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7484 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7485 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7486 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7488 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7489 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7491 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7492 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7494 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7496 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7497 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7498 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7500 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7501 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7502 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7508 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7509 note size (ie. data object type). */
7513 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7514 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7515 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7518 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7519 int n
= strlen (command
);
7521 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7522 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7527 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7529 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7531 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7533 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7534 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7535 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7541 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7543 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7545 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7546 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7548 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7551 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7553 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7556 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7557 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7558 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7562 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7564 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7566 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7568 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7574 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7575 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7576 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7581 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7584 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7586 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7588 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7589 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7590 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7593 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7595 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7599 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7600 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7601 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7602 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7605 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7606 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7607 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7610 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7612 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7615 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7617 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7618 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7619 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7622 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7624 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7628 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7629 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7630 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7631 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7634 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7635 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7636 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7639 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7641 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7643 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7645 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7647 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7653 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7655 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7658 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7660 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7662 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7663 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7665 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7668 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7669 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7670 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7672 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7673 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7677 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7679 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7683 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7684 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7685 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7686 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7687 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7689 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7690 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7694 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7695 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7696 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7697 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7699 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7700 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7704 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7706 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7711 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7712 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7713 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7722 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7725 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7727 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7735 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7736 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7738 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7739 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7744 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7746 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7749 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7751 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7754 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7755 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7757 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7758 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7759 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7762 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7763 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7764 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7765 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7771 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7772 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7774 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7775 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7782 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7787 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7788 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7789 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7797 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7801 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7804 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7811 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7814 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7815 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7816 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7818 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7819 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7820 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7822 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7823 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7824 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7826 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7831 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7835 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7836 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7838 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7840 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7841 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7842 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7843 creates a core file. */
7845 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7848 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7849 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7850 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7853 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7857 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7859 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7860 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7862 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7863 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7866 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7867 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7869 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
7870 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7876 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7877 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7882 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
7883 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7885 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
7886 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7896 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
7898 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
7905 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7906 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
7908 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7909 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
7911 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7912 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
7914 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7915 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
7917 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
7918 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7921 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7922 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7923 thread just in case. */
7924 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
7925 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7927 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7928 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
7930 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7935 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7939 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7940 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7941 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7943 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
7947 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
7948 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
7956 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7957 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
7959 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7964 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7968 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7969 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7970 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7972 /* This is the current thread. */
7973 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
7974 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
7979 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7980 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7981 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7982 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7985 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7987 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7988 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7990 static long tid
= 1;
7994 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
7995 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
7996 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
7997 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
7998 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
7999 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8000 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8001 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8007 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8014 size of data for note
8017 End of buffer containing note. */
8020 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8028 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8038 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8040 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8041 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8042 pad
= -namesz
& ((1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
) - 1);
8045 newspace
= 12 + namesz
+ pad
+ size
;
8047 p
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8049 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8050 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8051 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8052 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8053 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8057 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8065 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8069 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8071 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8078 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8080 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8082 note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8085 note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8088 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8089 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8090 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8091 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8092 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8094 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8096 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8098 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8106 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8108 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8109 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8110 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8111 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8112 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8113 note_name
, NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8115 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8117 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8119 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8126 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8127 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8129 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8130 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8131 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8132 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8133 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8134 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8136 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8137 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8139 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8140 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8143 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8144 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8146 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8148 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8150 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8154 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8155 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8158 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8160 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8161 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8162 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8163 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8166 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8169 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8175 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8176 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8177 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8181 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8184 const void *xfpregs
,
8187 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8188 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8189 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8193 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8201 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8204 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8208 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8216 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8218 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8219 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8220 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8222 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8224 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8225 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8227 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8228 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8229 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8231 if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
8233 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8236 else if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "QNX", 3) == 0)
8238 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8243 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8247 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8254 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8256 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8257 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8258 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8261 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8263 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8265 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8269 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8272 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8273 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8274 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8275 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8277 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8278 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8281 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8285 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8291 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8292 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8293 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8299 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8302 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8304 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8305 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8306 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8309 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8311 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8312 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8314 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8315 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8319 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8322 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8327 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8330 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8332 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8333 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8334 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8337 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8339 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8340 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8342 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8343 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8347 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8348 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8351 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8355 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8356 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8358 return reloc_class_normal
;
8361 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8362 relocation against a local symbol. */
8365 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8366 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8368 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8370 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8373 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8374 + sec
->output_offset
8376 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8377 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8378 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8381 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8382 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8383 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8386 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8387 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8388 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8389 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8390 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8391 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8392 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8395 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8396 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8402 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8403 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8407 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8409 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8410 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8412 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8413 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8414 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8418 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8419 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8423 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8425 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8426 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8428 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8429 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8435 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8436 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8437 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8438 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8439 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8440 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8442 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8443 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8444 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8445 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8446 the remote memory. */
8449 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8453 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8455 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8456 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8460 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8461 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8462 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8467 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8470 const char *relplt_name
;
8471 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8475 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8481 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8484 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8487 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8490 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8491 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8492 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8493 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8497 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8498 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8499 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8502 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8506 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8507 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8510 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8511 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8512 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8513 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8514 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8516 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8520 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8521 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8523 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8528 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8529 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8532 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8533 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8534 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8535 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8536 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8538 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8540 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8541 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8543 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8544 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8551 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8552 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8555 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8557 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8558 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8561 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8562 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8563 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8565 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8566 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8569 /* Sorted by section index. */
8570 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8574 /* Sorted by binding. */
8575 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8580 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8585 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8587 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8588 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8589 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8592 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8596 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
)
8599 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8600 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8601 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8602 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8603 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8604 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8605 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8606 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8613 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8615 if (strncmp (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8616 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8617 && strncmp (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8618 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8619 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8620 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8622 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8623 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8624 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8627 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8630 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8631 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8633 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8635 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8639 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8640 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8641 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8644 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8645 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8646 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8647 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8648 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8649 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8651 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8654 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8656 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8660 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
|| isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8663 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8665 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8666 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8667 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8668 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8670 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8672 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8673 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8675 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8682 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8687 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8688 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8690 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8697 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8701 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8704 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8705 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8707 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8711 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8712 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8715 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8722 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8723 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8726 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8732 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8733 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8734 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8735 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8736 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8738 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8739 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8740 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8741 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8742 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8760 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8761 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8762 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8763 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8765 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8768 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8769 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8773 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8774 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8777 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);